Editing Module:Citation/CS1

Jump to: navigation, search

Warning: You are not logged in. Your IP address will be publicly visible if you make any edits. If you log in or create an account, your edits will be attributed to your username, along with other benefits.

The edit can be undone. Please check the comparison below to verify that this is what you want to do, and then save the changes below to finish undoing the edit.
Latest revision Your text
Line 1: Line 1:
  
require('Module:No globals');
+
local z = {
 +
error_categories = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors
 +
error_ids = {};
 +
message_tail = {};
 +
maintenance_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
 +
properties_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
 +
}
  
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
 
each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit
 
 
 
]]
 
]]
 +
local dates, year_date_check -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
  
local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
+
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
 
+
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
local z ={}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
 
 
local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
 
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
 
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
 
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
 
 
 
  
--[[--------------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------
  
declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here
+
Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.
 +
This function is global because it is called from both this module and from Date validation
  
 
]]
 
]]
 
+
function is_set( var )
local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
+
return not (var == nil or var == '');
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
+
end
 
 
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
 
 
 
  
 
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
  
Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
+
First set variable or nil if none
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated.  Returns nil if none are set.
 
 
 
This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs.  With the pairs
 
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed.  With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
 
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function first_set (list, count)
+
local function first_set(...)
local i = 1;
+
local list = {...};
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
+
for _, var in pairs(list) do
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
+
if is_set( var ) then
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
+
return var;
 
end
 
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >--------------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
+
Whether needle is in haystack
 
 
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
 
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
 
 
 
added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function add_vanc_error (source)
+
local function in_array( needle, haystack )
if not added_vanc_errs then
+
if needle == nil then
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
+
return false;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
+
end
 +
for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
 +
if v == needle then
 +
return n;
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 +
return false;
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
+
Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
 
 
does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
 
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
 
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
 
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
 
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
 
 
 
returns true if it does, else false
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function is_scheme (scheme)
+
local function substitute( msg, args )
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
+
return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------
  
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
+
Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.
  
Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
+
]]
 +
local function error_comment( content, hidden )
 +
return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
 +
end
  
Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
+
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ E R R O R >--------------------------------------------------------------
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
 
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
 
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
 
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
 
  
RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digitBetween
+
Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error messageThe actual placement of the error message in the output is
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
+
the responsibility of the calling function.
  
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
+
]]
 
+
local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD.  tld
+
local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
+
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
+
prefix = prefix or "";
 
+
suffix = suffix or "";
There are several tests:
+
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
+
if error_state == nil then
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
+
error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
+
elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
+
table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
 
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
 
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
 
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
 
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
 
 
 
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false
 
 
 
]=]
 
 
 
local function is_domain_name (domain)
 
if not domain then
 
return false; -- if not set, abandon
 
 
end
 
end
 
 
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
+
local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
 
 
if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
+
message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] ..
return false;
+
"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
 +
cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
 +
 +
z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
 +
if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
 +
and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
 +
return '', false;
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
 +
 +
if raw == true then
 +
return message, error_state.hidden;
 +
end
 +
 +
return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden );
 +
end
  
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
+
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------
return false;
 
end
 
  
local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs
+
Adds a category to z.maintenance_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
+
To prevent duplication, the added_maint_cats table lists the categories by key that have been added to z.maintenance_cats.
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
 
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
 
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
 
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
 
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD
 
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address
 
}
 
  
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
+
]]
if domain:match (pattern) then
 
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
 
end
 
end
 
  
for _, d in ipairs ({'cash', 'company', 'today', 'org'}) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
+
local added_maint_cats = {} -- list of maintenance categories that have been added to z.maintenance_cats
if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
+
local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments)
return true
+
if not added_maint_cats [key] then
end
+
added_maint_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
 +
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
 
end
 
end
return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
+
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
 
 
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.
 
 
 
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
 
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
 
wikilinks.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
+
local added_prop_cats = {} -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
+
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
+
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
else
+
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
+
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
+
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
 +
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
  
Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
+
]]
  
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
+
local added_vanc_errs; -- flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
 
+
local function add_vanc_error ()
If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
+
if not added_vanc_errs then
 +
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
  
When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
+
Determines whether a URL string is valid.
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
 
  
Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//)TODO: are there other common schemes
+
At present the only check is whether the string appears to be prefixed with a URI scheme.  It is not determined whether
like news: that don't use authority indicator?
+
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well formed.
  
Strip off any port and path;
+
The scheme is checked http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
 +
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
 +
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
 +
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
  
 +
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then test for the case where the url is
 +
protocol relative (//example.com).  If the first two characters of the |url= value are //, return true.  Last
 +
look for what appears to be a scheme according to the definition above.  If the characters preceding the colon
 +
are in the allowed set, return true, else false
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function split_url (url_str)
+
local function check_url( url_str )
local scheme, authority, domain;
+
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value
+
return false;
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
 
 
 
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
 
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
 
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
 
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
 
if utilities.is_set (authority) then
 
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
 
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
 
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
 
end
 
else
 
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
 
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
 
end
 
end
 
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
 
 
end
 
end
+
return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or nil ~= url_str:match ("^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:") -- protocol relative or scheme part composed of legitimate characters
return scheme, domain;
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
+
Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
 
 
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs
 
 
 
Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
 
# < > [ ] | { } _
 
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links
 
 
 
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
 
  
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
+
Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
+
they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact
 +
poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function link_param_ok (value)
+
local function safe_for_italics( str )
local scheme, domain;
+
if not is_set(str) then
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
+
return str;
return false;
+
else
 +
if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span />" .. str; end
 +
if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span />"; end
 +
 +
-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
 +
return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
 
end
 
end
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
 
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
+
Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
 
 
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
 
 
 
|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
 
that condition exists
 
 
 
check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix.  prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
 
code and must begin with a colon.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
+
local function safe_for_url( str )
local orig;
+
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
 
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
 
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
 
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
 
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
 
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix
 
 
 
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
 
orig = lorig; -- flag as error
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (orig) then
 
link = ''; -- unset
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
 
 
end
 
end
 
 
return link; -- link if ok, empty string else
+
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
 +
['['] = '&#91;',
 +
[']'] = '&#93;',
 +
['\n'] = ' ' } );
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------
 +
 +
Applies styling to various parameters.  Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
 +
argument; protects italic styled parameters.  Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
 +
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().
  
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
+
]]
 +
 
 +
local function wrap_style (key, str)
 +
if not is_set( str ) then
 +
return "";
 +
elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
 +
str = safe_for_italics( str );
 +
end
  
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
+
return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
 +
end
  
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the URL into scheme and domain
+
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
 
portions of the URL.  If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
 
  
Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
+
Format an external link with error checking
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
 
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function check_url( url_str )
+
local function external_link( URL, label, source )
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
+
local error_str = "";
return false;
+
if not is_set( label ) then
 +
label = URL;
 +
if is_set( source ) then
 +
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
 +
else
 +
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
 +
end
 
end
 
end
local scheme, domain;
+
if not check_url( URL ) then
 
+
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
 
 
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
 
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
 
 
end
 
end
+
return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------
  
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------
+
Formats a wiki style external link
  
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
+
]]
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL. The test will also find external wikilinks
+
 
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.
+
local function external_link_id(options)
 +
local url_string = options.id;
 +
if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
 +
url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
 +
end
 +
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
 +
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
 +
options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
 +
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
 +
);
 +
end
  
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs.  The tests that
+
--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
 
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
 
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
 
  
]=]
+
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
 +
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
 +
parameters in the citation.
  
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
+
]]
local scheme, domain;
 
  
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
+
local page_in_deprecated_cat; -- sticky flag so that the category is added only once
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
+
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
+
if not page_in_deprecated_cat then
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
+
page_in_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
 
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
 
else
 
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
 
 
end
 
end
 
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------
+
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
 +
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
 +
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
 +
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
 +
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.
  
loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.
+
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
+
local function kern_quotes (str)
local error_message = '';
+
local cap='';
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
+
local cap2='';
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
+
if utilities.is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
+
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
error_message = error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
+
if is_set (cap) then
end
+
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
error_message = error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
if utilities.is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
+
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
+
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
 +
if is_set (cap) then
 +
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
 
end
 
end
 +
return str;
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
+
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
 +
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
 +
in italic markup.
  
Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
+
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
  
]]
+
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
 +
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
 +
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
 +
|script-title=ja : *** ***
 +
|script-title=ja: *** ***
 +
|script-title=ja :*** ***
 +
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
  
local function safe_for_url( str )
+
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then
+
know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
+
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
end
 
 
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
 
['['] = '&#91;',
 
[']'] = '&#93;',
 
['\n'] = ' ' } );
 
end
 
  
 +
Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=
  
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
+
TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
 
 
Format an external link with error checking
 
 
 
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)
+
local function format_script_value (script_value)
local error_str = "";
+
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local domain;
+
local name;
local path;
+
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
local base_url;
+
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
 
+
if not is_set (lang) then
if not utilities.is_set ( label ) then
+
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
label = URL;
+
end
if utilities.is_set ( source ) then
+
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bare_url_missing_title', { utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
+
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
 +
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
 +
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
 +
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
 +
if in_array (lang, {'ar', 'bg', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'he', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'ko', 'ku', 'mk', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then
 +
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
 +
else
 +
add_prop_cat ('script')
 +
end
 +
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
 
else
 
else
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
+
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
+
end
end
 
if not check_url( URL ) then
 
error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
 
end
 
 
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
 
if path then -- if there is a path portion
 
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
 
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
 
 
end
 
end
 +
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl
 +
 +
return script_value;
 +
end
  
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL
+
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
  
if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
+
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
+
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
 +
if is_set (script) then
 +
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
 +
if is_set (script) then
 +
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
 +
end
 
end
 
end
+
return title;
return table.concat ({base_url, error_str});
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
  
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parametersThe function includes the
+
Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
offending parameter name to the error messageOnly one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
+
configuration taking one argumentSupports lower case text for {{citation}} templatesAdditional text taken
parameters in the citation.
+
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().
 
 
added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
+
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
if not added_deprecated_cat then
+
if not is_set( str ) then
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
+
return "";
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
 
end
 
end
 +
if true == lower then
 +
local msg;
 +
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
 +
str = substitute( msg, {str} ); -- including template text
 +
return str;
 +
else
 +
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------
  
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
+
Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider
 +
Generates an error if more than one match is present.
  
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
+
]]
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
 
  
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
+
local function select_one( args, possible, error_condition, index )
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
+
local value = nil;
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
+
local selected = '';
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.
+
local error_list = {};
 
+
Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
+
if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
 
 
 
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.
 
 
 
]=]
 
 
 
local function kern_quotes (str)
 
local cap = '';
 
local cap2 = '';
 
local wl_type, label, link;
 
 
 
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
 
 
 
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
+
-- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
+
if index == '1' then
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
+
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
+
v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
+
if is_set(args[v]) then
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
+
if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
+
table.insert( error_list, v );
end
+
else
 
+
value = args[v];
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
+
selected = v;
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
+
end
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
+
end
 
+
end
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
+
end
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
+
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
+
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
 +
if index ~= nil then
 +
v = v:gsub( "#", index );
 +
end
 +
if is_set(args[v]) then
 +
if value ~= nil and selected ~=  v then
 +
table.insert( error_list, v );
 +
else
 +
value = args[v];
 +
selected = v;
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 +
end
 
 
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
+
if #error_list > 0 then
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
+
local error_str = "";
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
+
for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
 +
if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
 +
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
 
end
 
end
+
if #error_list > 1 then
if 2 == wl_type then
+
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
 
 
else
 
else
str = label;
+
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
 
end
 
end
 +
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
 
end
 
end
return str;
+
 +
return value, selected;
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
 +
 +
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
 +
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
  
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
+
]]
  
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
+
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source)
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
+
local chapter_error = '';
in italic markup.
+
 +
if not is_set (chapter) then
 +
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
 +
else
 +
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
 +
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
 +
end
  
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.
+
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
  
|script-title= provides a unique featureThe value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
+
if is_set (transchapter) then
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
+
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
+
if is_set (chapter) then
|script-title=ja : *** ***
+
chapter = chapter .' ' .. transchapter;
|script-title=ja: *** ***
+
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
|script-title=ja :*** ***
+
chapter = transchapter; --  
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
+
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
 
+
end
The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
+
end
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
 
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
 
  
Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=
+
if is_set (chapterurl) then
 
+
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
]]
 
 
 
local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
 
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
 
local name;
 
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
 
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
 
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'}, true ) } ); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
 
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
 
end
 
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
 
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
 
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
 
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
 
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
 
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
 
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
 
else
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'unknown language code'}, true ) } ); -- unknown script-language; add error message
 
end
 
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
 
else
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'}, true ) } ); -- invalid language code; add error message
 
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
 
end
 
else
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'}, true ) } ); -- no language code prefix; add error message
 
 
end
 
end
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL
 
  
return script_value;
+
return chapter .. chapter_error;
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
+
--[[
 
+
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
+
mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
+
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
+
local function argument_wrapper( args )
if utilities.is_set (script) then
+
local origin = {};
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
+
if utilities.is_set (script) then
+
return setmetatable({
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
+
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
 +
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
 +
return origin[k];
 
end
 
end
end
+
},
return title;
+
{
end
+
__index = function ( tbl, k )
 
+
if origin[k] ~= nil then
 
+
return nil;
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
+
end
 
+
Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
+
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
+
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().
+
if type( list ) == 'table' then
 
+
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
]]
+
if origin[k] == nil then
 
+
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
+
end
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
+
elseif list ~= nil then
return "";
+
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
end
+
else
if true == lower then
+
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
local msg;
+
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
+
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text
+
end
else
+
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
+
-- Empty strings, not nil;
end
+
if v == nil then
 +
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
 +
origin[k] = '';
 +
end
 +
 +
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
 +
return v;
 +
end,
 +
});
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[
 +
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.
  
--[[--------------------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >----------------------------------------
+
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
 +
true - active, supported parameters
 +
false - deprecated, supported parameters
 +
nil - unsupported parameters
 +
]]
  
Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link.  Returns the URL and appropriate label; nil else.
+
local function validate( name )
 
+
local name = tostring( name );
str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=
+
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
 
+
]]
+
-- Normal arguments
 
+
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
local function wikisource_url_make (str)
+
if false == state then
local wl_type, D, L;
+
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
local ws_url, ws_label;
+
return true;
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});
 
 
 
wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)
 
 
 
if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
 
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
 
if utilities.is_set (str) then
 
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
 
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
 
str, -- article title
 
});
 
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
 
end
 
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
 
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
 
if utilities.is_set (str) then
 
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
 
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
 
str, -- article title
 
});
 
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
 
end
 
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
 
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
 
if utilities.is_set (str) then
 
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
 
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
 
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
 
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
 
});
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
 
if ws_url then
+
-- Arguments with numbers in them
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL
+
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent encoding of fragment marker
+
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
 +
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 +
if false == state then
 +
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 +
return true;
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 +
end
 +
  
return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
+
-- Formats a wiki style internal link
 +
local function internal_link_id(options)
 +
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
 +
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
 +
options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
 +
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
 +
);
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >--------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
 +
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
  
Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-
+
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
parameter.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)
+
local function nowrap_date (date)
local periodical_error = '';
+
local cap='';
 +
local cap2='';
  
if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
+
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
+
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
else
+
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style
+
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s*%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s*%d%d%d%d$") then
 +
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
 +
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
return date;
 +
end
  
periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
+
--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------
  
if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
+
ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn().
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
+
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
+
spaces and other non-isxn characters.
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
 
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
 
periodical = trans_periodical;
 
periodical_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
 
end
 
end
 
  
return periodical .. periodical_error;
+
]]
 +
 
 +
local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
 +
local temp = 0;
 +
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58
 +
len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
 +
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
 +
if v == string.byte( "X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
 +
temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal
 +
else
 +
temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
 +
end
 +
end
 +
return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N  _ 1 3 >----------------------------------------------
  
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta-
+
ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 isbn/ismn digits including the check digit.
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
+
If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, isbn-13/ismn must be checked for length
 +
and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-isxn-13 characters.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
+
local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str)
local chapter_error = '';
+
local temp=0;
 +
 +
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39
 +
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do
 +
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit
 +
end
 +
return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when isbn-13/ismn is correct
 +
end
  
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
+
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------
if ws_url then
 
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ''); -- replace underscore separaters with space characters
 
chapter = ws_label;
 
end
 
  
if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
+
Determines whether an ISBN string is valid
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
 
else
 
if false == no_quotes then
 
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
 
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
 
end
 
end
 
  
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
+
]]
  
if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
+
local function check_isbn( isbn_str )
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
+
if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
elseif ws_url then
+
isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" ); -- remove hyphens and spaces
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
+
local len = isbn_str:len();
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});
+
 +
if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
 +
return false;
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
+
if len == 10 then
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
+
if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
+
return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
+
else
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
+
local temp = 0;
chapter = trans_chapter;
+
if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979; ismn begins with 979
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
+
return is_valid_isxn_13 (isbn_str);
chapter_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
return chapter .. chapter_error;
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S M N >------------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
+
Determines whether an ISMN string is valid.  Similar to isbn-13, ismn is 13 digits begining 979-0-... and uses the
 +
same check digit calculations.  See http://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf
 +
section 2, pages 9–12.
  
This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
+
]]
first match.
 
  
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.
+
local function ismn (id)
 +
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISMN'];
 +
local text;
 +
local valid_ismn = true;
  
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
+
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the ismn
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().
 
  
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
+
if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match( "^9790%d*$" ) == nil then -- ismn must be 13 digits and begin 9790
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
+
valid_ismn = false;
parameter value.
+
else
 +
valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ismn
 +
end
  
]]
+
-- text = internal_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to
 +
-- prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 +
 +
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]" .. handler.separator .. id; -- because no place to link to yet
  
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
+
if false == valid_ismn then
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
+
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ismn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
+
end  
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
 
local i = 1;
 
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
 
 
 
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
+
return text;
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
+
end
return;
+
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< I S S N >----------------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
 +
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:
 +
 
 +
|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
 +
 +
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
 +
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
 +
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function issn(id)
 +
local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
 +
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
 +
local text;
 +
local valid_issn = true;
 +
 
 +
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn
 +
 
 +
if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
 +
valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character
 +
else
 +
valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn
 
end
 
end
  
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
+
if true == valid_issn then
local char = cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
+
id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
local pattern = cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
+
else
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
+
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
 
if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
 
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
 
position = nil; -- unset position
 
end
 
end
 
 
if position then
 
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
 
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
 
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
 
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
 
position = nil; -- unset
 
else
 
local err_msg;
 
if capture then
 
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
 
else
 
err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
 
end
 
 
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
return; -- and done with this parameter
 
end
 
end
 
i = i+1; -- bump our index
 
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
 +
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 +
 +
if false == valid_issn then
 +
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
 +
end
 +
 +
return text
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------
+
Formats a link to Amazon.  Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
 +
characters.  If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
 +
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
 +
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.
  
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
+
]]
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
 
  
]]
+
local function amazon(id, domain)
 +
local err_cat = ""
  
local function argument_wrapper ( args )
+
if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
local origin = {};
+
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
 +
else
 +
if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
 +
if check_isbn( id ) then -- see if asin value is isbn10
 +
add_maint_cat ('ASIN');
 +
elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
 +
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not isbn10
 +
end
 +
elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
 +
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if not is_set(domain) then
 +
domain = "com";
 +
elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom
 +
domain = "co." .. domain;
 +
elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
 +
domain = "com." .. domain;
 +
end
 +
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
 +
return external_link_id({link=handler.link,
 +
label=handler.label, prefix=handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/",
 +
id=id, encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier
 +
 
 +
format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are three valid forms of the identifier:
 +
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
 +
arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
 +
where:
 +
<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
 +
<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
 +
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
 +
first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
 +
<number> is a three-digit number
 +
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
 
 
return setmetatable({
+
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
+
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
+
where:
return origin[k];
+
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
 +
<number> is a four-digit number
 +
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces
 +
 
 +
the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
 +
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
 +
where:
 +
<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
 +
<number> is a five-digit number
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function arxiv (id, class)
 +
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
 +
local year, month, version;
 +
local err_cat = '';
 +
local text;
 +
 +
if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
 +
year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
 +
year = tonumber(year);
 +
month = tonumber(month);
 +
if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
 +
((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
 +
end
 +
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
 +
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
 +
year = tonumber(year);
 +
month = tonumber(month);
 +
if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
 +
((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
 +
end
 +
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
 +
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
 +
year = tonumber(year);
 +
month = tonumber(month);
 +
if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
 
end
 
end
},
+
else
{
+
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- arXiv id doesn't match any format
__index = function ( tbl, k )
+
end
if origin[k] ~= nil then
+
 
return nil;
+
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
end
+
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
+
 
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
+
if is_set (class) then
+
class = ' [[' .. '//arxiv.org/archive/' .. class .. ' ' .. class .. ']]'; -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
if type( list ) == 'table' then
+
else
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
+
class = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
if origin[k] == nil then
+
end
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
+
end
+
return text .. class;
elseif list ~= nil then
 
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
 
else
 
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
 
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
 
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
 
end
 
 
-- Empty strings, not nil;
 
if v == nil then
 
v = '';
 
origin[k] = '';
 
end
 
 
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
 
return v;
 
end,
 
});
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[
 +
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
 +
1. Remove all blanks.
 +
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
 +
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
 +
a. Remove it.
 +
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
 +
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
 +
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.
  
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
+
Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate.  There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
 +
]]
  
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
+
local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
+
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace
  
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
+
if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
 +
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
 +
end
  
]]
+
local prefix
 +
local suffix
 +
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix
  
local function nowrap_date (date)
+
if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
local cap = '';
+
suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
local cap2 = '';
+
lccn=prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the lccn
 
+
end
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
 
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
 
 
 
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
+
return lccn;
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
 
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
 
 
end
 
end
 
return date;
 
end
 
  
 +
--[[
 +
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
 +
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/
 +
 +
length = 8 then all digits
 +
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
 +
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
 +
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
 +
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha
  
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
+
]]
  
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
+
local function lccn(lccn)
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
+
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
 +
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid
 +
local id = lccn; -- local copy of the lccn
  
]]
+
id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
 +
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn
  
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
+
if 8 == len then
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
+
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
+
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
+
end
 +
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
 +
if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
 +
end
 +
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
 +
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
 +
if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
 +
end
 +
end
 +
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
 +
if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
 +
end
 +
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
 +
if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
 
end
 
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
+
else
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
 
end
 
end
  
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
+
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
 +
prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[
 +
Format PMID and do simple error checking.  PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMID to see that it
 +
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
 +
]]
  
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
+
local function pmid(id)
 
+
local test_limit = 30000000; -- update this value as PMIDs approach
Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions. The hyphen must separate like items; unlike items are
+
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
returned unmodified.  These forms are modified:
+
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMID is valid
letter - letter (A - B)
+
digit - digit (4-5)
+
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5)
+
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5)
+
else -- PMID is only digits
digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d)
+
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
 +
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
 +
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
 +
end
  
any other forms are returned unmodified.
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------
  
str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list
+
Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
 +
in the future, returns the content of |embargo=; otherwise, returns and empty string because the embargo has expired or because
 +
|embargo= was not set in this cite.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
+
local function is_embargoed (embargo)
if not utilities.is_set (str) then
+
if is_set (embargo) then
return str;
+
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
end
+
local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
 
+
good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
local accept; -- Boolean
+
good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
str, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (str); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str
 
if accept then
 
return str; -- when markup removed, nothing to do, we're done
 
end
 
 
 
str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['&ndash;'] = '–', ['&mdash;'] = '—'}); -- replace &mdash; and &ndash; entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split
 
str = str:gsub ('&#45;', '-'); -- replace HTML numeric entity with hyphen character
 
str = str:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with generic keyboard space character
 
 
 
local out = {};
+
if good1 and good2 then -- if embargo date and today's date are good dates
local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any
+
if tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then -- is embargo date is in the future?
 
+
return embargo; -- still embargoed
for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list
 
if mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators
 
if item:match ('^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit)
 
item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter)
 
item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+$') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit
 
item:match ('^%d+%s*%-%s*%d+$') or -- digit hyphen digit
 
item:match ('^%a+%s*%-%s*%a+$') then -- letter hyphen letter
 
item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters
 
 
else
 
else
item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', ''); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous whitespace
+
add_maint_cat ('embargo')
 +
return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
item = utilities.has_accept_as_written (item); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str
 
table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table
 
 
end
 
end
 +
return ''; -- |embargo= not set return empty string
 +
end
  
return table.concat (out, ', '); -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string
+
--[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------
end
+
 
 +
Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.
  
 +
The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not
 +
be linked to the article.  If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
 +
PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.
  
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
+
PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
 +
has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link.  Function is_embargoed ()
 +
returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.
  
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
+
PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
 +
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
+
local function pmc(id, embargo)
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
+
local test_limit = 5000000; -- update this value as PMCs approach
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
+
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
f.gsub = string.gsub
+
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that PMC is valid
f.match = string.match
+
f.sub = string.sub
+
local text;
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
+
 
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
+
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMC has anything but digits
f.match = mw.ustring.match
+
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
+
else -- PMC is only digits
 +
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
 +
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
 +
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
 
end
 
end
 +
end
 +
 +
if is_set (embargo) then -- is PMC is still embargoed?
 +
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat; -- still embargoed so no external link
 +
else
 +
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
 +
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
 +
end
 +
return text;
 +
end
 +
 +
-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.
 +
 +
-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
 +
--  Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
 +
--  Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant
  
local str = ''; -- the output string
+
-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix. If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
+
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.
local end_chr = '';
+
 
local trim;
+
-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
+
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.
if value == nil then value = ''; end
 
 
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
 
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
 
elseif value ~= '' then
 
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
 
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
 
else
 
comp = value;
 
end
 
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
 
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
 
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
 
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
 
trim = false;
 
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string
 
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
 
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
 
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it
 
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
 
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
 
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
 
elseif  f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
 
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
 
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
 
trim = true; -- same question
 
end
 
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
 
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
 
trim = true;
 
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
 
trim = true;
 
elseif  f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
 
trim = true;
 
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
 
trim = true;
 
end
 
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
 
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
 
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both
 
end
 
end
 
  
if trim then
+
local function doi(id, inactive)
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
+
local cat = ""
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
+
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
+
+
local text;
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
+
if is_set(inactive) then
else
+
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
+
text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
end
+
if is_set(inactive_year) then
end
+
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with DOIs inactive since " .. inactive_year );
end
+
else
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
+
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with inactive DOIs" ); -- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
 
end
 
end
 +
inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")"
 +
else
 +
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
 +
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 +
inactive = ""
 +
end
 +
 +
if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
 +
cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_doi' );
 +
end
 +
return text .. inactive .. cat
 +
end
 +
 +
-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
 +
local function openlibrary(id)
 +
local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$"); -- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
 +
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];
 +
 +
if ( code == "A" ) then
 +
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
 +
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'authors/OL',
 +
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
 +
elseif ( code == "M" ) then
 +
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
 +
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'books/OL',
 +
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
 +
elseif ( code == "W" ) then
 +
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
 +
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'works/OL',
 +
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
 +
else
 +
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
 +
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'OL',
 +
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' );
 
end
 
end
return str;
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------
  
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9Puncutation not allowed.
+
Validate and format a usenet message idSimple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
 +
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function is_suffix (suffix)
+
local function message_id (id)
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
+
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];
return true;
+
 
end
+
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
return false;
+
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 +
 +
if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
 +
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_message_id' ) -- add an error message if the message id is invalid
 +
end  
 +
 +
return text
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
+
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
 +
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
  
For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
+
]]
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
 
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
 
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
 
  
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
+
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
+
if is_set(title_type) then
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
+
if "none" == title_type then
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
+
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
+
end
 +
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
 +
end
  
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
+
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
+
end
  
This original test:
+
--[[--------------------------< C L E A N _ I S B N >----------------------------------------------------------
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za--ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za--ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
 
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
 
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary
 
to use an external editor to maintain this code.
 
  
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
+
Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
+
Similar to that used for Special:BookSources
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
 
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix)
+
local function clean_isbn( isbn_str )
if not suffix then
+
return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
 
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials
 
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix
 
end
 
end
 
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
 
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
 
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix);
 
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
 
end
 
end
 
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
 
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
 
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char']);
 
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
 
end;
 
return true;
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
+
Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped.  This is important because functions like
 
+
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc. 
+
]]
 
+
local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
+
argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %%
 +
argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
 +
return argument;
 +
end
  
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
+
--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
 
  
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
+
Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
 +
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup.  We presume that editors who have taken the time to
 +
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
+
local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
+
if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end
  
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
+
while true do
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials?
+
if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then -- bold italic (5)
 +
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it
 +
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then -- italic start and end without content (4)
 +
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
 +
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then -- bold (3)
 +
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
 +
elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then -- italic (2)
 +
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
 +
else
 +
break;
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 +
return argument; -- done
 +
end
  
if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
+
--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
+
 
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
+
Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
 
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
 
else
 
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
 
return first; -- and return first unmolested
 
end
 
else
 
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
 
end
 
end
 
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
 
  
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
+
Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials
+
of %27%27...
 +
]]
  
names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix
+
local function make_coins_title (title, script)
 
+
if is_set (title) then
while names[i] do -- loop through the table
+
title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
+
else
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
+
title=''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
+
end
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
+
if is_set (script) then
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
+
script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
+
script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup
end
+
else
if 3 > i then
+
script=''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table
+
end
end
+
if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
i = i+1; -- bump the counter
+
script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate
 
end
 
end
+
return title .. script; -- return the concatenation
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------
 +
 +
Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.
  
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
+
]]
  
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators)  
+
local function get_coins_pages (pages)
 +
local pattern;
 +
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done
 +
 +
while true do
 +
pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
 +
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls
 +
pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
 +
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
 +
end
 +
pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
 +
pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
 +
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
 +
return pages;
 +
end
  
names in the list will be linked when
+
-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
|<name>-link= has a value
+
local function remove_wiki_link( str )
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been rendered previously so should have been linked there
+
return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
 +
return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
 +
end));
 +
end
  
when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered
+
-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
 +
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
 +
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
 +
return str;
 +
end
 +
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
 +
end
  
]]
+
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
  
local function list_people (control, people, etal)
+
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
local sep;
 
local namesep;
 
local format = control.format;
 
local maximum = control.maximum;
 
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp; -- TODO: delete after deprecation
 
local name_list = {};
 
  
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
+
]]
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma
+
 
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
+
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
lastauthoramp = nil; -- TODO: delete after deprecation -- unset because isn't used by Vancouver style
+
--[[
else
+
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
 
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
 
end
 
 
 
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
+
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
+
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings
 +
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
 +
]]
 
 
for i, person in ipairs (people) do
+
local str = ''; -- the output string
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
+
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
local mask = person.mask;
+
local end_chr = '';
local one;
+
local trim;
local sep_one = sep;
+
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
 
+
if value == nil then value = ''; end
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
+
etal = true;
+
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
break;
+
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
end
+
elseif value ~= '' then
+
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
if mask then
+
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
 
if n then
 
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;",n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
 
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
 
else
 
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
 
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator
 
end
 
 
else
 
else
one = person.last; -- get surname
+
comp = value;
local first = person.first -- get given name
 
if utilities.is_set (first) then
 
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
 
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
 
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
 
first = reduce_to_initials (first); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
 
end
 
end
 
one = one .. namesep .. first;
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
+
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor
+
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
end
+
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
+
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names
+
trim = false;
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator
+
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
end
+
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
end
+
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
end
+
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
 +
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
 +
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
 +
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
 +
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
 +
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
 +
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
 +
trim = true; -- same question
 +
end
 +
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
 +
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
 +
trim = true;
 +
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
 +
trim = true;
 +
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
 +
trim = true;
 +
end
 +
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
 +
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
 +
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
 +
end
 +
end
  
local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
+
if trim then
if 0 < count then  
+
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
if 1 < count and not etal then
+
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if 'amp' == format or utilities.is_set (lastauthoramp) then -- TODO: delete lastauthoramp after deprecation
+
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
+
elseif 'and' == format then
+
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
if 2 == count then
+
else
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text
+
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
else
+
end
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
 
end
 
end
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator
 
 
end
 
end
 +
return str;
 +
end 
  
local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
 
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
 
end
 
 
return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
 
end
 
  
 +
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
 +
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
 +
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
 +
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
  
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
+
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
 +
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
 +
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
 +
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
 +
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
  
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string.
+
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
 +
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
  
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.
+
At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and paste it here
 +
because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
+
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
+
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
+
add_vanc_error ();
names[i] = v.last
+
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
+
end;
end
+
return true;
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
 
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
 
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
 
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
 
else
 
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
 +
 +
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. 
  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
+
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
  
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on the theme of et alIf found,
+
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etcThis form is not
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
+
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
  
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
+
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
previous passes through this function or by the associated |display-<names>=etal parameter
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)
+
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
 +
if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end; -- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
 +
local initials = {}
 +
local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials
 +
for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do -- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
 +
table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
 +
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
 +
if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
 +
end
 +
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
 +
end
  
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
+
--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; --get patterns from configuration
+
 
+
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
+
 
if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
+
]]
name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text
+
 
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
+
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
+
local sep;
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param})}); -- and set an error if not added
+
local namesep;
 +
local format = control.format
 +
local maximum = control.maximum
 +
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
 +
local text = {}
 +
 
 +
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
 +
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
 +
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
 +
else
 +
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
 +
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
 +
end
 +
 +
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
 +
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
 +
 +
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
 +
if is_set(person.last) then
 +
local mask = person.mask
 +
local one
 +
local sep_one = sep;
 +
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
 +
etal = true;
 +
break;
 +
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
 +
local n = tonumber(mask)
 +
if (n ~= nil) then
 +
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
 +
else
 +
one = mask;
 +
sep_one = " ";
 +
end
 +
else
 +
one = person.last
 +
local first = person.first
 +
if is_set(first) then
 +
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
 +
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
 +
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
 +
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
 +
end
 +
end
 +
one = one .. namesep .. first
 +
end
 +
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
 +
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
if is_set(person.link) and ((nil ~= person.link:find("//")) or (nil ~= person.link:find("[%[%]]"))) then
 +
one = one .. " " .. set_error( 'bad_authorlink' ) end -- url or wikilink in author link;
 
end
 
end
 +
table.insert( text, one )
 +
table.insert( text, sep_one )
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
return name, etal;
+
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
 +
if count > 0 then
 +
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
 +
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
 +
end
 +
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
 +
end
 +
 +
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
 +
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
 +
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
 +
end
 +
 +
return result, count
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >------------------------------------------------
+
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a dateOtherwise returns an empty string.
 
 
Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain lettersDoes not catch mixed alphanumeric names so
 
|last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught.
 
 
 
returns nothing
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name)
+
local function anchor_id( options )
if utilities.is_set (name) then
+
local id = table.concat( options ); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters
+
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
+
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
end
+
else
 +
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------
+
Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
 +
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
  
Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extraneous editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.
+
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters.  If found, the function
+
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal
adds the editor markup maintenance category.
 
 
 
returns nothing
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
+
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
local patterns = cfg.editor_markup_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
 
  
if utilities.is_set (name) then
+
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and
+
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[Ee][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
if name:match (pattern) then
+
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
+
break;
+
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
 +
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
 +
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
 +
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
 +
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
 +
end
 +
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
 +
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
 +
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
 +
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
 +
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
return name, etal; --
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
 +
Gets name list from the input arguments
  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------
+
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
 +
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
 +
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
  
Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.  Multiple names are indicated
+
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
if there is more than one comma or any semicolons. If found, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.
+
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
  
returns nothing
+
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
 +
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the
 +
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
+
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local _, commas, semicolons;
+
local names = {}; -- table of names
if utilities.is_set (name) then
+
local last; -- individual name components
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas
+
local first;
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons
+
local link;
+
local mask;
if 1 < commas or 0 < semicolons then
+
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message
+
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
end
+
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
end
+
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
end
 
  
 +
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
 +
while true do
 +
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
 +
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 +
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 +
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
+
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 +
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
  
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding
+
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
parameters.
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
 
+
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
]]
+
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
 
+
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
+
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
local accept_name;
+
end
 
+
else -- we have last with or without a first
if utilities.is_set (last) then
+
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>
+
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
+
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
+
end
name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
+
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are compsed of digits and punctuation
 
 
end
 
end
 +
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
 +
end
  
if utilities.is_set (first) then
+
-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>
+
local function extract_ids( args )
 
+
local id_list = {};
if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
+
for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do
name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
+
v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are compsed of digits and punctuation
+
if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
end
 
 
end
 
end
 +
return id_list;
 +
end
  
return last, first; -- done
+
--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------
end
 
  
 +
Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.
  
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
+
]]
Gets name list from the input arguments
 
  
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
+
local function build_id_list( id_list, options )
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
+
local new_list, handler = {};
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
 
  
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
+
function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
+
 +
for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
 +
-- fallback to read-only cfg
 +
handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
 +
 +
if handler.mode == 'external' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } );
 +
elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } );
 +
elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
 +
error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
 +
elseif k == 'DOI' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v, options.Class ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'ASIN' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'LCCN' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'OL' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'PMC' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'PMID' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'ISMN' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ismn( v ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'ISSN' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
 +
elseif k == 'ISBN' then
 +
local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler );
 +
if not check_isbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
 +
ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
 +
end
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );
 +
elseif k == 'USENETID' then
 +
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
 +
else
 +
error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort()
 +
return a[1] < b[1];
 +
end
 +
 +
table.sort( new_list, comp );
 +
for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
 +
new_list[k] = v[2];
 +
end
 +
 +
return new_list;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< C O I N S >--------------------------------------------------------------------
  
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
+
COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse the citation information.
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the  
 
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
+
local function COinS(data, class)
local names = {}; -- table of names
+
if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
local last; -- individual name components
+
return '';
local first;
+
end
local link;
+
local mask;
+
local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
+
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
+
-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
+
local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
+
__newindex = function(self, key, value)
 
+
if is_set(value) then
local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
+
rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
while true do
+
end
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
+
end
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
+
});
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
+
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
+
if in_array (class, {'citation', 'conference', 'interview', 'press release'}) and is_set(data.Periodical) then
 +
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
 +
elseif in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'journal', 'news'}) then
 +
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
 +
if 'arxiv' == class then
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv
 +
else
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
 +
end
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
 +
else
 +
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
 +
if is_set (data.Chapter) then
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter;
 +
else
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
 +
end
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
 +
end
  
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
+
OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
+
OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks
+
OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
+
OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
+
OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias
+
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
table.insert (z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_first_missing_last', {
+
OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
+
OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
+
}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
+
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
+
local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
+
if k == 'ISBN' then value = clean_isbn( v ); else value = v; end
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
+
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
+
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
 +
else
 +
OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
local last, first;
 +
for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
 +
last, first = v.last, v.first;
 +
if k == 1 then -- for the first author name only
 +
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then -- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
 +
elseif is_set(last) then  
 +
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- otherwise use this form for the first name
 
end
 
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
+
else -- for all other authors
local result;
+
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
+
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
if first then
+
elseif is_set(last) then
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
+
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
 
end
 
end
 
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
 
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
 
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
 
end
 
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
 
 
end
 
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
 
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
 +
OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
 +
OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
 
 
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
+
-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
 +
table.sort( OCinSoutput );
 +
table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver ); -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
 +
return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
 
end
 
end
  
Line 1,474: Line 1,768:
 
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
  
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.
+
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code.  Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
 +
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.
  
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect
+
Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
+
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code.  When there is no match, we
+
with the code.  When there is no match, we return the original language name string.
return the original language name string.
 
  
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of languages that in some cases may include
+
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
+
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. Most (all?) of these languages are not used a 'language' codes per se, rather they
+
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code.  When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org.  A list of language names and codes supported by fetchLanguageNames()
+
returns only the Wikimedia language name.
can be found at Template:Citation Style documentation/language/doc
 
 
 
Names that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example,
 
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'.  When names are found
 
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the WikiMedia language name.
 
 
 
Some language names have multiple entries under different codes:
 
Aromanian has code rup and code roa-rup
 
When this occurs, this function returns the language name and the 2- or 3-character code
 
  
 
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
 
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
Line 1,499: Line 1,784:
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
+
local function get_iso639_code (lang)
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then -- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct)
+
if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2]; -- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code
+
return 'Norwegian', 'no'; -- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
 
end
 
end
 
local ietf_code; -- because some languages have both IETF-like codes and ISO 639-like codes
 
local ietf_name;
 
 
 
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower (lang); -- lower-case version for comparisons
+
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('en', 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
 
+
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
for code, name in pairs (cfg.languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
+
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower (name) then
+
if 2 == #code or 3 == #code then -- two- or three-character codes only; IETF extensions not supported
+
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
return name, code; -- so return the name and the code
+
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
 +
if 2 ~= code:len() then -- ISO639-1 codes only
 +
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
 
end
 
end
ietf_code = code; -- remember that we found an IETF-like code and save its name
+
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
ietf_name = name; -- but keep looking for a 2- or 3-char code
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
-- didn't find name with 2- or 3-char code; if IETF-like code found return
+
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
return ietf_code and ietf_name or lang; -- associated name; return original language text else
 
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
 +
 +
Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided.  If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
  
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
+
There is an exception.  There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants.  There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
 +
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn').  The third, code 'no',  is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless.  However, it appears
 +
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.
  
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
+
Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
+
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no.  We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.
  
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
+
See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).  For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
 
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
 
  
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
+
When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized but code 'ara' is not.
+
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'.  Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.
  
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
+
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas.
separated from each other by commas with optional space characters.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
 
local function language_parameter (lang)
 
local function language_parameter (lang)
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
+
local code; -- the ISO639-1 two character code
 
local name; -- the language name
 
local name; -- the language name
 
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
 
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
 
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
 
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
 
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
 
  
 
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
 
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
  
 
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
 
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang:lower()]; -- first see if this is a code that is not supported by MediaWiki but is in remap
 
  
if name then -- there was a remapped code so
+
if 2 == lang:len() then -- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
if not lang:match ('^%a%a%a?%-x%-%a+$') then -- if not a private IETF tag
+
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "en" ); -- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip IETF tags from code
 
end
 
else
 
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip any IETF-like tags from code
 
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
 
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (lang:lower(), cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
+
if is_set (name) then -- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
 
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
 
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
 
else
 
else
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
+
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
 
end
 
end
 
 
if utilities.is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
+
if is_set (code) then
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names
+
if 'no' == code then name = 'Norwegian' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'no'
 
+
if 'en' ~= code then -- English not the language
if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
+
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code})
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
 
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}); -- categorize it; code appended to allow for multiple language categorization
 
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
 
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
 
end
 
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
 
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local_lang_source', {name, code}); -- categorize it
 
 
end
 
end
 
else
 
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
+
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
 
end
 
end
 
 
Line 1,589: Line 1,856:
 
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
 
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
 
end
 
end
+
name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);
+
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
 
+
if 2 >= code then
if this_wiki_name == name then
+
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
+
elseif 2 < code then
 +
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
 +
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
 +
end
 +
if 'English' == name then
 +
return ''; -- if one language and that language is English return an enpty string (no annotation)
 
end
 
end
 
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
 
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
 
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
 
]]
 
 
end
 
end
 
  
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
  
 
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
 
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
At en.wiki, for cs1:
 
ps gets: '.'
 
sep gets: '.'
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
 
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
 
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
if not utilities.is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitly set to something
+
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1']; -- terminate the rendered citation
+
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
 
end
 
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs1'], ps; -- element separator
+
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
 
end
 
end
 
  
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
  
 
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
 
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
At en.wiki, for cs2:
 
ps gets: '' (empty string - no terminal punctuation)
 
sep gets: ','
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
 
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
 
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
if not utilities.is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
+
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2']; -- terminate the rendered citation
+
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
 
end
 
end
if not utilities.is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
+
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
 
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
 
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
 
end
 
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs2'], ps, ref; -- element separator
+
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
 
end
 
end
 
  
 
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
Line 1,656: Line 1,916:
 
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
 
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
 
end
 
end
 
  
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
Line 1,674: Line 1,933:
 
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
 
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
 
end
 
end
 
+
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
if cfg.keywords_xlate[ps:lower()] == 'none' then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
 
 
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
 
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
 
end
 
end
Line 1,681: Line 1,939:
 
return sep, ps, ref
 
return sep, ps, ref
 
end
 
end
 
  
 
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
  
Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
+
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the PDF icon to external links.
+
applying the pdf icon to external links.
  
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
+
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false
  
 
]=]
 
]=]
  
 
local function is_pdf (url)
 
local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
+
return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
 
url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
 
 
end
 
end
 
  
 
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
  
Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
+
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching URL parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the URL contains a file extension that
+
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a PDF document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
+
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
 
the appropriate styling.
 
the appropriate styling.
  
Line 1,709: Line 1,963:
  
 
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
 
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if utilities.is_set (format) then
+
if is_set (format) then
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
+
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parenthases, resize
if not utilities.is_set (url) then
+
if not is_set (url) then
format = format .. ' ' .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
+
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
 
end
 
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
+
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF
+
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
 
else
 
else
 
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
Line 1,722: Line 1,976:
 
end
 
end
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
  
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >--------------------------------------------
+
Returns a number that may or may not limit the length of the author or editor name lists.
 
 
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a Boolean flag
 
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
 
  
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
+
When the value assigned to |display-authors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
 
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
 
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
 
some variant of the text 'et al.').
 
some variant of the text 'et al.').
  
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
+
When the value assigned to |display-authors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
 
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
 
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
 
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
 
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
  
 
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
 
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
 
inputs:
 
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
 
count: #a or #e
 
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
 
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal)
+
local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
if utilities.is_set (max) then
+
if is_set (max) then
 
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
 
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
 
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
 
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
Line 1,753: Line 1,999:
 
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
 
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
 
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
 
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
+
if max >= count and 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {cfg.special_case_translation [list_name], max}, true)}); -- add error message
+
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name);
max = nil;
 
 
end
 
end
 
else -- not a valid keyword or number
 
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {cfg.special_case_translation [list_name], max}, true)}); -- add error message
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
+
max = nil; -- unset
 
end
 
end
 +
elseif 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY need to clear implicit et al category
 +
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
return max, etal;
 
return max, etal;
 
end
 
end
 
  
 
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
Line 1,778: Line 2,024:
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
+
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page, nopp)
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
+
-- local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]';
 +
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
 +
-- local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]';
 
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
 
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
  
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
+
if is_set (nopp) then -- don't bother checking if |nopp= is set
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text'); -- add maint cat;
+
return;
 
end
 
end
end
 
  
 
+
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
+
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
 
+
end
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
+
-- if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
+
-- Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked
+
-- add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
 
+
-- end
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
 
 
 
]=]
 
 
 
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
 
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
 
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder
 
 
local i = 1;
 
 
while name_table[i] do
 
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
 
local name = name_table[i];
 
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment
 
while name_table[i] do
 
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
 
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
 
break; -- and done reassembling so
 
end
 
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer
 
end
 
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
 
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
 
else
 
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
 
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
 
if 1 == wl_type then
 
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
 
else
 
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
 
end
 
end
 
i = i + 1;
 
end
 
return output_table;
 
 
end
 
end
  
Line 1,839: Line 2,051:
 
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
 
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
 
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
 
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
+
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
 
 
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
 
  
This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
+
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
  
 
]]
 
]]
Line 1,850: Line 2,060:
 
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
 
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
 
local v_name_table = {};
 
local v_name_table = {};
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
 
 
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
 
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
+
local last, first, link, mask;
 
local corporate = false;
 
local corporate = false;
  
 
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
 
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas
+
if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]') then -- no wikilinking vauthors names
 +
add_vanc_error ();
 +
end
 +
v_name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*") -- names are separated by commas
  
 
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
 
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
+
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parenthese to supress vanc formatting and error detection
local accept_name;
+
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>
+
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$')
 
+
corporate = true;
-- if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to suppress vanc formatting and error detection
 
-- last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parentheses
 
if accept_name then
 
last = v_name;
 
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
 
 
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
 
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
+
    lastfirstTable = {}
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation);
+
    lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
end
+
    first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
local lastfirstTable = {}
+
    last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
+
    if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') or mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix
+
add_vanc_error (); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing or a space between two intiials
 
 
if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
 
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
 
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
 
end
 
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
 
if not utilities.is_set (last) then
 
first = ''; -- unset
 
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first
 
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name);
 
end
 
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
 
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma']); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
 
end
 
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
 
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name); -- matches a space between two initials
 
 
end
 
end
 
else
 
else
 +
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
 
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
 
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
 
end
 
end
+
if utilities.is_set (first) then
+
if is_set (first) and not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
+
add_vanc_error ();
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
+
end
end
+
-- this from extract_names ()
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
+
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
+
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
+
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
+
end
end
 
else
 
if not corporate then
 
is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
 
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
 
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
 
end
 
 
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
 
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
 
end
 
end
 
  
 
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
Line 1,938: Line 2,118:
  
 
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
 
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
+
local lastfirst = false;
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
+
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a first 1 without a last1
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
+
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 2 ) then
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
+
lastfirst=true;
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
 
lastfirst = true;
 
 
end
 
end
  
if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
+
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
+
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
+
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
 
local err_name;
 
local err_name;
 
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
 
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
Line 1,955: Line 2,133:
 
err_name = 'editor';
 
err_name = 'editor';
 
end
 
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters',
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
 
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
end
 
end
  
 
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
 
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
+
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
+
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
 
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last  
 
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last  
 
end
 
end
Line 1,969: Line 2,147:
  
 
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
 
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
+
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val.  If the parameter value is one
+
in the source template) the function refurns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
+
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.
specified by ret_val.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val)
+
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
if not utilities.is_set (value) then
+
if not is_set (value) then
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok
+
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
elseif utilities.in_array (value, possible) then
+
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword
+
return true;
 
else
 
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return ret_val;
+
return false
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------
  
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
+
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
+
characters following the opening bracket obey the rules of a uri scheme (see check_url()).  The test will also find
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
+
external wikilinks that use protocol relative urls.
single space character.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
+
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
+
if value:match ("%[%[%a+:") then -- if a wikilink with namespace (interwiki)
return name_list; -- just return the name list
+
return false;
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
+
elseif value:match ("%[%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:.*%]") or value:match ("%[//.*%]") then -- does the param value contain an external wikilink?
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
+
-- elseif value:match ("%[%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:%S.*%]") or value:match ("%[//.*%]") then -- does the param value contain an external wikilink?
 +
return true;
 
else
 
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list
+
return false;
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
+
--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------
  
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
+
loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
 
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
 
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) then
 
return '';
 
end
 
 
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
 
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
 
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
 
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
 
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
 
else
 
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
 
end
 
end
 
  
if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
+
local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
+
local error_message = '';
end
+
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
 
+
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
local vol = ''; -- here for all cites except magazine
+
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
+
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
if utilities.is_set (volume) then
+
end
if volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$') then -- volume value is all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals
+
error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); -- render in bold face
 
elseif (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then -- not all digits or Roman numerals and longer than 4 characters
 
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume}); -- not bold
 
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long_vol');
 
else -- four or less characters
 
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); -- bold
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
if utilities.is_set (issue) then
+
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
return vol .. utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
 
end
 
end
return vol;
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
  
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
+
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
The return order is:
 
page, pages, sheet, sheets
 
 
 
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
+
local function citation0( config, args)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
+
--[[
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
+
Load Input Parameters
if 'journal' == origin then
+
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
+
]]
else
+
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
 
end
 
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
 
if 'journal' == origin then
 
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
 
else
 
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
  
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
+
local i
+
local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']
if utilities.is_set (page) then
+
local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
if is_journal then
+
local NoPP = A['NoPP']
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
+
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
elseif not nopp then
+
PPPrefix = ''; -- unset these, prefix if used is in |page= or |pages=
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
+
PPrefix = '';
else
+
else
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
+
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
end
 
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
 
if is_journal then
 
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
 
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
 
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 
elseif not nopp then
 
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 
else
 
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
+
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
+
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
end
+
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
 +
local author_etal;
 +
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
 +
local Authors;
 +
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
  
 +
do -- to limit scope of selected
 +
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
 +
if 1 == selected then
 +
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
 +
elseif 2 == selected then
 +
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
 +
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
 +
elseif 3 == selected then
 +
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
 +
end
 +
end
  
--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------
+
local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
 +
local Others = A['Others'];
  
returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.
+
local editor_etal;
 +
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
 +
local Editors;
  
If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
+
do -- to limit scope of selected
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to and external link and
+
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it? 
+
if 1 == selected then
 
+
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;
+
elseif 2 == selected then
 
+
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
+
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
to a new name)?
+
elseif 3 == selected then
 
+
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
]]
 
 
 
local function insource_loc_get (page, pages, at)
 
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (page) then
 
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
 
pages = ''; -- unset the others
 
at = '';
 
 
end
 
end
extra_text_in_page_check (page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
+
end
  
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
+
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
if ws_url then
+
local Translators; -- assembled trnaslators name list
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
+
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
 
coins_pages = ws_label;
 
end
 
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
 
if utilities.is_set (at) then
 
at = ''; -- unset
 
end
 
extra_text_in_page_check (pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
 
 
 
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
 
if ws_url then
 
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
 
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
 
coins_pages = ws_label;
 
end
 
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
 
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
 
if ws_url then
 
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
 
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
 
coins_pages = ws_label;
 
end
 
end
 
 
return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
 
 
 
Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
 
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages.  When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
 
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
 
unwitting readers to do.
 
 
 
When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
 
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
 
 
 
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
 
|archive-date= and an error message when:
 
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
 
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
 
correct place
 
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
 
 
 
There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
 
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
 
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
 
 
 
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
 
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
 
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
 
 
 
This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
 
archive URL:
 
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
 
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
 
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
 
 
 
]=]
 
 
 
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
 
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
 
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL
 
 
 
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
+
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
+
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
 
end
 
end
  
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
+
local Year = A['Year'];
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
+
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
+
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
+
local Date = A['Date'];
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
+
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
else
+
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
+
local Title = A['Title'];
+
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
if not utilities.is_set (timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
+
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
+
local Conference = A['Conference'];
if '*' ~= flag then
+
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
+
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
end
+
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
+
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
+
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
+
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
+
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
+
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
+
local Degree = A['Degree'];
else
+
local Docket = A['Docket'];
return url, date; -- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
+
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
end
+
local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
end
+
local URL = A['URL']
-- if here, something not right so
+
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
+
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
if utilities.is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
+
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
+
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
else
+
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
return url, date; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
+
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
end
+
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
end
 
  
 +
local Series = A['Series'];
 +
local Volume = A['Volume'];
 +
local Issue = A['Issue'];
 +
local Position = '';
 +
local Page = A['Page'];
 +
local Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
 +
local At = A['At'];
  
--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------
+
local Edition = A['Edition'];
 +
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
 +
local Place = A['Place'];
 +
 +
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
 +
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
 +
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 +
RegistrationRequired=nil;
 +
end
 +
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
 +
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 +
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
 +
end
  
check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because
+
local Via = A['Via'];
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)
+
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
 
+
local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits
+
local Agency = A['Agency'];
 
+
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
]]
+
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
 +
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
 +
end
 +
 
 +
local Language = A['Language'];
 +
local Format = A['Format'];
 +
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
 +
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
 +
local ID = A['ID'];
 +
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
 +
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
 +
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 +
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
 +
end
 +
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
 +
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
  
local function place_check (param_val)
+
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
 
return param_val; -- return that empty state
 
end
 
 
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat
 
end
 
 
return param_val; -- and done
 
end
 
  
 +
local Quote = A['Quote'];
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------
+
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
 +
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
 +
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
 +
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
 +
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
 +
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
 +
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
  
compares |title= value against list of known generic title patterns. Returns true when pattern matches; nil else
+
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
 +
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 +
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
 +
end
 +
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
 +
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 +
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
 +
end
  
the k/v pairs in 'generic_titles' each contain two tables, one for English and one for another 'local' language
+
--these are used by cite interview
Each of those tables contain another table that holds the string or pattern (whole title or title fragment) in
+
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
index [1].  index [2] is a Boolean that tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
+
local City = A['City'];
or a pattern search (false).  The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
+
local Program = A['Program'];
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.
 
  
]]
+
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
 +
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
 +
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
 +
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
 +
local COinS_date; -- used in the COinS metadata
  
local function is_generic_title (title)
+
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
+
local Mode = A['Mode'];
for _, generic_title in ipairs (cfg.special_case_translation['generic_titles']) do --spin through the list of known generic title fragments
+
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
if title:find (generic_title['en'][1], 1, generic_title['en'][2]) then
+
Mode = '';
return true; -- found English generic title so done
+
end
elseif generic_title['local'] then -- to keep work load down, generic_title['local'] should be nil except when there is a local version of the generic title
+
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
if mw.ustring.find (title, generic_title['local'][1], 1, generic_title['local'][2]) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
+
local PostScript;
return true; -- found local generic title so done
+
local Ref;
end
+
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
 +
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
 +
 
 +
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
 +
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
 +
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
 +
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
 +
end
 +
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
 +
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
 +
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
 +
break; -- bail out if one is found
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
end
 
  
 +
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters.
 +
if is_set(Page) then
 +
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
 +
Page = Page .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages'); -- add error message
 +
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
 +
At = '';
 +
end
 +
extra_text_in_page_check (Page, NoPP); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
 +
elseif is_set(Pages) then
 +
if is_set(At) then
 +
Pages = Pages .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages'); -- add error messages
 +
At = ''; -- unset
 +
end
 +
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages, NoPP); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
 +
end
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------
+
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
 
+
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (place holder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else
+
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function is_archived_copy (title)
 
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
 
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
 
return true;
 
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
 
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
 
return true;
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
end
+
 +
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
 +
 +
--[[
 +
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
 +
When the citation has these parameters:
 +
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
 +
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
 +
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
  
 +
|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
 +
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
  
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
+
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
  
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
+
]]
  
]]
+
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
  
local function citation0( config, args)
+
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
--[[
+
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
Load Input Parameters
+
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
+
if not is_set(Chapter) then
]]
+
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
+
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
local i
+
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 +
ChapterURL = URL;
 +
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
 +
Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';
 +
end
 +
Title = Periodical;
 +
ChapterFormat = Format;
 +
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 +
TransTitle = '';
 +
URL = '';
 +
Format = '';
 +
TitleLink = '';
 +
ScriptTitle = '';
 +
end
 +
else -- |title not set
 +
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
 +
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
  
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
+
-- Special case for cite techreport.
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
+
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
 +
if is_set(Issue) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations aliase to 'issue'
 +
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
 +
ID = Issue; -- yes, use it
 +
Issue = ""; -- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
 +
else -- can't use ID so emit error message
 +
ID = ID .. " " .. set_error('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
  
local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
+
-- special case for cite interview
 
+
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
local author_etal;
+
if is_set(Program) then
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
+
ID = ' ' .. Program;
local Authors;
+
end
 +
if is_set(Callsign) then
 +
if is_set(ID) then
 +
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
 +
else
 +
ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if is_set(City) then
 +
if is_set(ID) then
 +
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
 +
else
 +
ID = ' ' .. City;
 +
end
 +
end
  
local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
+
if is_set(Others) then
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
+
if is_set(TitleType) then
 
+
Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;
do -- to limit scope of selected
+
TitleType = '';
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
+
else
if 1 == selected then
+
Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
 
elseif 2 == selected then
 
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
 
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
 
elseif 3 == selected then
 
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
 
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
 
 
end
 
end
end
+
else
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
+
Others = '(Interview)';
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
local Others = A['Others'];
+
-- special case for cite mailing list
 +
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
 +
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
 +
end
  
local editor_etal;
+
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
+
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
local Editors;
+
if is_set(BookTitle) then
 
+
Chapter = Title;
do -- to limit scope of selected
+
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
+
ChapterURL = URL;
if 1 == selected then
+
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
+
URLorigin = '';
elseif 2 == selected then
+
ChapterFormat = Format;
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
+
TransChapter = TransTitle;
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
+
Title = BookTitle;
elseif 3 == selected then
+
Format = '';
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
+
-- TitleLink = '';
 +
TransTitle = '';
 +
URL = '';
 
end
 
end
 +
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
 +
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
 
end
 
end
  
local translator_etal;
+
-- cite map oddities
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
+
local Cartography = "";
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
+
local Scale = "";
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
+
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
 
+
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
local interviewer_etal;
+
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
local interviewers_list = {};
+
Chapter = A['Map'];
local Interviewers; -- used later
+
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters
+
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
 
+
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
local contributor_etal;
+
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
 
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
 
 
 
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
 
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
 
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
 
if 'contribution' == A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') then
 
Contribution = A['Chapter']; -- get the name of the contribution
 
end
 
 
 
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
 
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
 
 
 
if 0 < #c then
+
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
+
if is_set( Cartography ) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
+
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
+
end
end
+
Scale = A['Scale'];
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
+
if is_set( Scale ) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
+
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
 
end
 
end
 
else -- if not a book cite
 
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
 
 
end
 
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
 
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.is_set (Others) then
+
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
+
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
+
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
 +
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
 +
local Network = A['Network'];
 +
local Station = A['Station'];
 +
local s, n = {}, {};
 +
 
 +
-- do common parameters first
 +
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
 +
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
 +
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
 +
 +
if not is_set (Date) then -- promote airdate or Began/Ended to date
 +
if is_set (AirDate) then
 +
Date = AirDate;
 +
end
 
end
 
end
end
 
  
local Year = A['Year'];
+
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
+
local Season = A['Season'];
local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
+
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
local Date = A['Date'];
+
 
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
+
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
local Title = A['Title'];
+
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
+
end
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
+
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
local Conference = A['Conference'];
+
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
+
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
+
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
+
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
+
 +
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
 +
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
 +
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
 +
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 +
ChapterURL = URL;
 +
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
 +
 +
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
 +
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
 +
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
  
local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
+
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
local accept_link;
+
Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written(TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
+
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
+
Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later
+
end
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
+
URL = ''; -- unset
 +
TransTitle = '';
 +
ScriptTitle = '';
 +
 +
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
 +
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
 +
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
 +
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
 +
Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
 +
end
 +
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 +
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
  
TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set
+
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
 +
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
 +
if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 +
elseif is_set (Series) then -- series is an alias of version
 +
ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series; -- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier
 +
Series = ''; -- unset
 +
deprecated_parameter ('version'); -- deprecated parameter but only for cite arxiv
 +
end
 +
 +
if first_set (AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
 +
ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
 +
ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
 +
ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']) then
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
  
local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
+
AccessDate= ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') then
+
PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
+
Chapter = '';
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
+
URL = '';
 +
Format = '';
 +
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
 
end
 
end
 +
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
 +
end
  
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
+
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
+
 
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
+
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
+
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
+
TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
local Degree = A['Degree'];
 
local Docket = A['Docket'];
 
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
 
 
 
local ArchiveDate;
 
local ArchiveURL;
 
 
 
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
 
 
local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
 
 
 
local URL = A['URL']
 
local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
 
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
 
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
 
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
 
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
 
local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
 
 
 
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
 
local Periodical_origin = '';
 
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
 
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
 
local i;
 
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated
 
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}, true)});
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
+
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error
+
TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")"; -- display it in parentheses
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}, true )});
 
end
 
 
 
Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
 
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
 
 
end
 
end
  
local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
+
-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
+
if not is_set (Date) then
 
+
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
-- web and news not tested for now because of
+
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
+
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
+
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
+
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message
 
if p[config.CitationClass]  then
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}, true)});
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical'];
+
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
local TransPeriodical_origin =  A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
 
  
local Series = A['Series'];
+
--[[
+
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
local Volume;
+
we get the date used in the metadata.
local Issue;
 
local Page;
 
local Pages;
 
local At;
 
  
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
+
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
+
]]
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals'
+
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message and mismatch
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
+
local error_message = '';
end
+
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
+
anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
+
['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year});
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
+
 
end
+
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
else
+
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
+
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
 +
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
 +
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
 +
end
 +
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
 +
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
 +
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
 +
end
 
end
 
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
 
Volume = A['Volume'];
 
end
 
  
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
+
if is_set(error_message) then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or -- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals'
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and utilities.in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals'
 
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
 
 
end
 
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
+
end -- end of do
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
+
 
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
+
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
 +
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
 +
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --
 +
 
 +
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
 +
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
 +
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
 +
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
local Position = '';
+
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
+
-- Test if citation has no title
Page = A['Page'];
+
if not is_set(Title) and
Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
+
not is_set(TransTitle) and
At = A['At'];
+
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
 +
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; is there a better way to do this?
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
 +
else
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
local Edition = A['Edition'];
 
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
 
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
 
 
 
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
+
if 'none' == Title and is_set(Periodical) and not (( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia))) then -- special case
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
+
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
+
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
local i = 0;
 
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
 
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}, true)});
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
+
check_for_url ({['title']=Title, ['chapter']=Chapter, ['work']=Periodical}); -- adds error message when any of these parameters contain a URL
local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');
 
  
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
+
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
+
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
local error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}, true);
+
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
if utilities.is_set (error_text) then
+
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
+
end
+
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
 +
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
 +
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
 +
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
 +
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
 +
coins_title = Periodical;
 
end
 
end
 
PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
 
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
-- this is the function call to COinS()
 +
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
 +
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
 +
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
 +
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
 +
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
 +
['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date), -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here?  Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
 +
['Series'] = Series,
 +
['Volume'] = Volume,
 +
['Issue'] = Issue,
 +
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At)), -- pages stripped of external links
 +
['Edition'] = Edition,
 +
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
 +
['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
 +
['Authors'] = a,
 +
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
 +
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
 +
}, config.CitationClass);
  
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
+
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
+
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
UrlAccess = nil;
+
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
 
end
 
 
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
 
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
 
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}, true ) } );
 
 
end
 
end
  
local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
+
-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
+
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
MapUrlAccess = nil;
+
if is_set (PublisherName) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}, true ) } );
+
PublisherName = '[[Usenet newsgroup|Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;' .. external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName );
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
local Via = A['Via'];
 
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
 
local Agency = A['Agency'];
 
 
local Language = A['Language'];
 
local Format = A['Format'];
 
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
 
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
 
local ID = A['ID'];
 
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
 
local IgnoreISBN = is_valid_parameter_value (A['IgnoreISBN'], A:ORIGIN('IgnoreISBN'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
 
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
 
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
 
  
local Quote = A['Quote'];
 
local QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
 
local QuotePages = A['QuotePages'];
 
local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];
 
local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
 
  
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
+
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
+
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
+
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
+
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
+
do
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
+
local last_first_list;
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
+
local maximum;
 +
local control = {
 +
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
 +
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
 +
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
 +
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
 +
};
  
local LastAuthorAmp = is_valid_parameter_value (A['LastAuthorAmp'], A:ORIGIN('LastAuthorAmp'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
+
do -- do editor name list first because coauthors can modify control table
 +
maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
 +
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
 +
if not is_set(maximum) and #e == 4 then
 +
maximum = 3;
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
 +
end
  
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
+
control.maximum = maximum;
if 'nocat' == A:ORIGIN('NoTracking') then
+
utilities.set_message ('maint_nocat'); -- this one so that we get the message; see main categorization at end of citation0()
+
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
end
 
 
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
 
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
 
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
 
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
 
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
 
  
local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
+
if is_set (Editors) then
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
+
if editor_etal then
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
+
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
end
+
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
 +
else
 +
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
 +
end
 +
else
 +
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
 +
end
  
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
+
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
local PostScript;
+
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
local Ref = A['Ref'];
+
end
if 'harv' == Ref then
+
end
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_harv'); -- add maint cat to identify templates that have this now-extraneous param value
+
do -- now do translators
elseif not utilities.is_set (Ref) then
+
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
Ref = 'harv'; -- set as default when not set externally
+
Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
+
end
+
do -- now do authors
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], Ref, config.CitationClass);
+
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
 
  
-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
+
if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
+
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
if utilities.in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
+
control.maximum = #a + 1;
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
 
end
 
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
 
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
 
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
 
break; -- bail out if one is found
 
 
end
 
end
end
+
end
+
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
 
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
 
  
local coins_pages;
+
if is_set (Authors) then
+
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, Pages, At);
+
if author_etal then
 +
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
 +
end
 +
else
 +
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
 +
end
  
local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
+
end -- end of do
  
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
+
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
if PublicationPlace == Place then
 
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
 
 
end
 
end
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
 
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
 
 
end
 
end
  
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
 
 
--[[
 
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
 
When the citation has these parameters:
 
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
 
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title=
 
  
|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
 
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
 
 
All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
 
 
]]
 
  
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS
+
--[[
 +
do -- do-block to limit scope of last_first_list
 +
local last_first_list;
 +
local maximum = A['DisplayAuthors'];
 +
 
 +
maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (maximum, #a, 'authors', author_etal);
  
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
+
local control = {
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
+
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}, true)});
+
maximum = maximum,
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template
+
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
 +
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via authorlinkn
 +
};
 +
 +
if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
 +
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
 +
control.maximum = #a + 1;
 
end
 
end
end
+
 +
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
  
if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
+
if is_set (Authors) then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both set emit an error
+
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)}, true )});
+
if author_etal then
 +
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
 +
end
 +
else
 +
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
+
end -- end of do
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia
 
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
 
end
 
  
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set
+
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
+
end
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
+
 
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
+
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
+
do
TransChapter = TransTitle;
+
local last_first_list;
ChapterURL = URL;
+
local maximum = A['DisplayEditors'];
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL')
+
 
 +
maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (maximum, #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
 +
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
 +
if not is_set(maximum) and #e == 4 then
 +
maximum = 3;
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
 +
end
 +
 
 +
local control = {
 +
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
 +
maximum = maximum,
 +
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
 +
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
 +
};
  
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
+
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
  
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
+
if is_set (Editors) then
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
+
if editor_etal then
end
+
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
Title = Periodical;
+
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
ChapterFormat = Format;
+
else
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
+
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
TransTitle = '';
 
URL = '';
 
Format = '';
 
TitleLink = '';
 
ScriptTitle = '';
 
end
 
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- |title= not set
 
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title=
 
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 
 
end
 
end
 +
else
 +
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
 +
end
 +
 +
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
 +
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
]]
  
-- special case for cite techreport.
+
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
+
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
+
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
+
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
+
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
+
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
+
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
end
+
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
end
+
 
 +
if not is_set(URL) then --and
 +
-- not is_set(ArchiveURL) then --and -- prevents format_missing_url error from registering
 +
-- not is_set(ConferenceURL) and -- TODO: keep this here? conference as part of cite web or cite podcast?
 +
-- not is_set(TranscriptURL) then -- TODO: remove? |transcript-url= and |transcript= has separate test
 +
 +
-- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty
 +
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
 +
end
 +
 +
-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
 +
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
 +
AccessDate = '';
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
+
local OriginalURL, OriginalFormat; -- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
+
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
+
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
Chapter = Title;
+
if is_set (URL) then
Chapter_origin = 'title';
+
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated
+
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
ChapterURL = URL;
+
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
+
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
+
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
URL_origin = '';
+
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
ChapterFormat = Format;
+
end
TransChapter = TransTitle;
+
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
+
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
Title = BookTitle;
+
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
Format = '';
+
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
-- TitleLink = '';
+
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
TransTitle = '';
+
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
URL = '';
+
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
 +
end
 
end
 
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
 
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
 
 
end
 
end
  
-- cite map oddities
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", 'arxiv'}) or
local Cartography = "";
+
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local Scale = "";
+
if is_set (Chapter) or is_set (TransChapter) or is_set (ChapterURL) or is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- chapter parameters not supported for these citation types
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
+
Chapter = ''; -- set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
+
TransChapter = '';
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
+
ChapterURL = '';
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
ScriptChapter = '';
 +
end
 +
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
 +
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin);
 +
if is_set (Chapter) then
 +
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
 +
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;
 +
end
 +
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
 
end
 
end
Chapter = A['Map'];
+
end
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
 
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
 
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
 
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
 
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
 
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')
 
  
ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
+
-- Format main title.
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
+
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
 +
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
 +
end
  
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", "mailinglist", 'arxiv'}) or
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
+
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
+
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
end
+
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Scale = A['Scale'];
+
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
+
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
+
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
end
+
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
 +
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
 +
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
 +
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
 +
else
 +
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
 +
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
 +
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
 
end
 
end
  
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
+
TransError = "";
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
+
if is_set(TransTitle) then
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
+
if is_set(Title) then
 +
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
 +
else
 +
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
 +
 +
if is_set(Title) then
 +
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
 +
Title = external_link( URL, Title ) .. TransError .. Format;
 +
URL = "";
 +
Format = "";
 +
else
 +
Title = Title .. TransError;
 +
end
 +
end
  
SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set
+
if is_set(Place) then
 +
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
 +
end
  
local Network = A['Network'];
+
if is_set (Conference) then
local Station = A['Station'];
+
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
local s, n = {}, {};
+
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference );
-- do common parameters first
+
end
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
+
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
+
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
+
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
+
end
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
 
local Season = A['Season'];
 
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
 
  
if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
+
if not is_set(Position) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
+
if is_set(Minutes) then
end
+
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
+
else
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
+
local Time = A['Time'];
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
+
if is_set(Time) then
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
+
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
+
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
 +
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
 +
if sepc ~= '.' then
 +
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
 +
end
 +
end
 +
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
else
 +
Position = " " .. Position;
 +
At = '';
 +
end
 
 
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
+
if not is_set(Page) then
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
+
if is_set(Pages) then
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
+
if is_set(Periodical) and
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link=
+
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
TransChapter = TransTitle;
+
Pages = ": " .. Pages;
ChapterURL = URL;
+
elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
+
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Pages;
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
+
else
+
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPPrefix .. Pages;
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
+
end
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
+
end
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
+
else
 +
if is_set(Periodical) and
 +
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
 +
Page = ": " .. Page;
 +
else
 +
Page = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Page;
 +
end
 +
end
  
if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
+
if 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- cite map oddity done after COinS call (and with other in-source locators)
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
+
if is_set (Sheet) or is_set (Sheets) then
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
+
local err_msg1 = 'sheet=, &#124;sheets'; -- default error message in case any of page pages or at are set
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
+
local err_msg2;
 +
if is_set (Page) or is_set (Pages) or is_set (At) then -- are any set?
 +
err_msg2 = 'page=, &#124;pages=, &#124;at'; -- a generic error message
 +
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
 +
elseif is_set (Sheet) and is_set (Sheets) then -- if both are set make error message
 +
err_msg1 = 'sheet';
 +
err_msg2 = 'sheets';
 
end
 
end
URL = ''; -- unset
+
if is_set (err_msg2) then
TransTitle = '';
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg1) .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg2)}, true ) } ); -- add error message
ScriptTitle = '';
+
end
+
if not is_set (Sheet) then -- do sheet static text and formatting; Sheet has priority over Sheets if both provided
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
+
if is_set (Sheets) then
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
+
if is_set (Periodical) then
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
+
Sheet = ": Sheets " .. Sheets; -- because Sheet has priority, no need to support both later on
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
+
else
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
+
Sheet = sepc .. " Sheets " .. Sheets;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
else
 +
if is_set (Periodical) then
 +
Sheet = ": Sheet " .. Sheet;
 +
else
 +
Sheet = sepc .. " Sheet " .. Sheet;
 +
end
 
end
 
end
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
+
end
end
 
 
end
 
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
 
  
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
+
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
+
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
+
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
+
local Section = A['Section'];
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
+
local Sections = A['Sections'];
 +
local Inset = A['Inset'];
 +
 +
if is_set( Inset ) then
 +
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if is_set( Sections ) then
 +
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
 +
elseif is_set( Section ) then
 +
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
 
end
 
end
 +
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
 +
end
 +
 +
if is_set (Language) then
 +
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
 +
else
 +
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
+
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
+
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
+
if is_set (Translators) then
 +
Others = sepc .. ' Translated by ' .. Translators .. Others;  
 
end
 
end
  
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
+
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
+
if is_set (Edition) then
 
+
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
+
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
+
end
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
+
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
+
else
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
+
Edition = '';
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
+
end
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
+
Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
else
+
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
+
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
 +
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
 +
 
 +
if is_set(Volume) then
 +
if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
 +
  then Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
 +
  else Volume = " <b>" .. hyphen_to_dash(Volume) .. "</b>";
 
end
 
end
 +
end
 +
 +
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
 +
if is_set(Via) then
 +
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
 +
end
 +
 +
--[[
 +
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
 +
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
 +
 +
]]
 +
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
 +
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
 +
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
 +
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
 
else
 
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
+
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
 
end
 
end
  
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
+
if is_set(AccessDate) then
 +
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
  
--[[
+
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
+
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if 'citation', lower case
we get the date used in the metadata.
+
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
 +
-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called
 +
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
 +
end
 
 
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
+
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
]]
+
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
+
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
local error_message = '';
+
end
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
+
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
local date_parameters_list = {
+
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
+
end
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
+
 
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
+
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
 
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
 
['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
 
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
 
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
 
};
 
  
local error_list = {};
+
if is_set(URL) then
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);
+
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
 +
end
  
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
+
if is_set(Quote) then
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
+
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');
+
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
 
end
 
end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
+
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
 
+
PostScript = ""; -- CS1 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
+
end
local mismatch = validation.year_date_check (Year, Date);
+
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
+
local Archived
table.insert (error_list, '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch</code>');
+
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
+
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_year'); -- add a maint cat
+
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
end
 
 
end
 
end
+
if "no" == DeadURL then
if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
+
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
local modified = false; -- flag
+
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
+
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
+
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
+
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
end
+
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
 
 
if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
 
modified = true;
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
 
end
 
 
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
 
-- uncomment the next three lines.  Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
 
-- set validation.date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)
 
-- if validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then
 
-- modified = true;
 
-- end
 
 
 
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
 
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
 
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
 
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
 
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
 
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
 
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
 
 
end
 
end
 +
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
 +
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
 +
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 +
-- if 'usurped' == DeadURL then -- when original has unsuitable content do not link
 +
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped'}) then
 +
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
 +
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
 +
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
 +
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
 +
end
 
else
 
else
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}, true)}); -- add this error message
+
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
 +
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 +
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,  
 +
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
 
end
 
end
end -- end of do
+
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
 
+
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
local ID_list_coins = identifiers.extract_ids (args); -- gets identifiers and their values from args; this list used for COinS and source for build_id_list()
+
else
if utilities.is_set (DoiBroken) and not ID_list_coins['DOI'] then
+
Archived = ""
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN('DoiBroken'))});
+
end
end
 
local ID_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels (args, ID_list_coins);
 
local ID_list = identifiers.build_id_list (ID_list_coins, {IdAccessLevels = ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}); -- render identifiers
 
 
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
+
local Lay = '';
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then
+
if is_set(LayURL) then
if not utilities.is_set (ID_list_coins[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
+
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true)}); -- add error message
+
if is_set(LaySource) then
 +
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
 +
else
 +
LaySource = "";
 
end
 
end
 
+
if sepc == '.' then
Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
+
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
 +
else
 +
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
 +
end
 +
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
 +
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
 
end
 
end
  
-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free
+
if is_set(Transcript) then
 +
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
 +
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript );
 +
end
 +
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
 +
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
 +
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
 +
end
  
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
+
local Publisher;
    if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
+
if is_set(Periodical) and
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
+
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
+
if is_set(PublisherName) then
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
+
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC
+
Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
+
else
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
+
Publisher = PublisherName;
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI
 
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
 
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
 
 
end
 
end
end
+
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
 
+
Publisher= PublicationPlace;
if utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
+
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); -- add an error message
+
Publisher = "";
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
+
end
 +
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
 +
if is_set(Publisher) then
 +
Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
 +
else
 +
Publisher = PublicationDate;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if is_set(Publisher) then
 +
Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
 +
end
 +
else
 +
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
 +
PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")";
 +
end
 +
if is_set(PublisherName) then
 +
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
 +
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
 +
else
 +
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
 +
end
 +
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
 +
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
 +
else
 +
Publisher = PublicationDate;
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
+
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
+
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
-- Test if citation has no title
+
if is_set(Periodical) then
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
+
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then  
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}, true ) } );
+
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
 +
else
 +
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
+
--[[
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
+
Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
+
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites
+
]]
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
+
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
+
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
 +
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
 +
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
 +
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
 +
end
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters hold a URL
+
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
['title']=Title,
+
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
+
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
[Periodical_origin] = Periodical,
+
 
[PublisherName_origin] = PublisherName
+
local tcommon
});
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
 
+
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
+
Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
+
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
+
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
+
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
+
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
+
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
+
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
coins_title = Periodical;
 
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
 +
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
 +
else -- all other CS1 templates
 +
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
 +
Volume, Issue, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 
end
 
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
+
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
+
if #ID_list > 0 then
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
+
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
 +
else
 +
ID_list = ID;
 
end
 
end
 
+
-- this is the function call to COinS()
+
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
+
local text;
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
+
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Page .. Pages .. At;
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
+
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup
+
if is_set(Authors) then
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
+
if is_set(Coauthors) then
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup
+
local sep = '; ';
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
+
if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
+
sep = ', ';
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
 
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
 
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
 
['Series'] = Series,
 
['Volume'] = Volume,
 
['Issue'] = Issue,
 
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
 
['Edition'] = Edition,
 
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
 
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
 
['Authors'] = coins_author,
 
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
 
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
 
}, config.CitationClass);
 
 
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
 
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
 
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
 
end
 
 
 
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
 
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
 
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
 
end
 
 
 
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
 
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
 
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
 
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
 
do
 
local last_first_list;
 
local control = {
 
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string or 'vanc'
 
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
 
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
 
mode = Mode
 
};
 
 
 
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
 
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
 
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
 
Editors, editor_etal = name_has_etal (Editors, editor_etal, false, 'editors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 
if editor_etal then
 
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
 
end
 
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
 
else
 
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
 
end
 
 
 
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
 
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
 
 
end
 
end
 +
Authors = Authors .. sep .. Coauthors;
 
end
 
end
do -- now do interviewers
+
if is_set(Date) then
control.maximum , interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal);
+
Date = " ("..Date..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
+
elseif string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
 +
Authors = Authors .. " "
 +
else
 +
Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
 
end
 
end
do -- now do translators
+
if is_set(Editors) then
control.maximum , translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal);
+
local in_text = " ";
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
+
local post_text = "";
end
+
if is_set(Chapter) then
do -- now do contributors
+
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
control.maximum , contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal);
+
else
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
+
if EditorCount <= 1 then
end
+
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
do -- now do authors
+
else
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);
+
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
 
 
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
 
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 
if author_etal then
 
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
 
 
end
 
end
 +
end
 +
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
 +
Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
 +
if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub(Editors,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last editor name ends with sepc char
 +
Editors = Editors .. " "; -- don't add another
 
else
 
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
+
Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " " -- otherwise terninate the editor list
 
end
 
end
end -- end of do
 
 
if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
 
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc );
end
+
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 
+
elseif is_set(Editors) then
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
+
if is_set(Date) then
-- an error message if the associated URL is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
+
if EditorCount <= 1 then
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
+
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
+
else
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
+
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
+
end
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
+
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
 
+
else
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
+
if EditorCount <= 1 then
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
+
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
+
else
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
+
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
+
end
 
+
end
if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
+
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
+
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
+
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
+
if is_set(Date) then
 +
if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
 +
  then Date = sepc .." " .. Date .. OrigYear
 +
  else Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear
 +
end
 
end
 
end
+
if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
+
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
+
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
+
else
AccessDate = '';
+
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date}, sepc );
 +
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
 +
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
 +
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
 +
end
 +
 +
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
  
local OriginalURL, OriginalURL_origin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
+
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
+
local options = {};
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
+
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
+
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
+
options.class = config.CitationClass;
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
+
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
+
else
 
+
options.class = "citation";
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
+
end
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
+
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
+
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
+
local id = Ref
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
+
if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
 +
local names = {} --table of last names & year
 +
if #a > 0 then
 +
for i,v in ipairs(a) do
 +
names[i] = v.last
 +
if i == 4 then break end
 +
end
 +
elseif #e > 0 then
 +
for i,v in ipairs(e) do
 +
names[i] = v.last
 +
if i == 4 then break end
 +
end
 
end
 
end
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
+
names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
+
id = anchor_id(names)
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages
+
end
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
+
options.id = id;
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
+
end
 
+
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
+
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
+
z.error_categories = {};
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
+
text = set_error('empty_citation');
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
+
z.message_tail = {};
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
 
end
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
if is_set(options.id) then
 +
text = '<cite id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
 +
else
 +
text = '<cite class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
 +
end
  
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
+
local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
+
local chap_param;
+
-- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
+
local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
+
text = text .. OCinS;
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
+
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
+
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
+
text = text .. " ";
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
+
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
+
if is_set(v[1]) then
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
+
if i == #z.message_tail then
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
+
text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
+
else
end
+
text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
 
+
end
if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
 
TransChapter = '';
 
ChapterURL = '';
 
ScriptChapter = '';
 
ChapterFormat = '';
 
end
 
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
 
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
 
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
 
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
 
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
end
  
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
+
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
+
text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
+
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
+
text = text .. ' ' .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
 
end
 
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
 
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
 
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
 
 
end
 
end
 +
text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
 
end
 
end
 
+
-- Format main title
+
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
local plain_title = false;
+
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
local accept_title;
+
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
+
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
 
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message
 
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting
 
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
 
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
 
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
 
end
 
 
 
if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
 
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
 
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
 
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
 
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
 
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
+
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
if is_generic_title (Title) then
+
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ( 'err_generic_title', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
return text
 +
end
  
if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
+
-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
+
function z.citation(frame)
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
+
local pframe = frame:getParent()
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
+
local validation;
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
+
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
+
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
+
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
+
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
+
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); -- ... sandbox version of date validation code
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
 
else
 
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
 
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
 
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
 
end
 
  
local TransError = "";
+
else -- otherwise
if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
+
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
if utilities.is_set (Title) then
+
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
+
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); -- ... live version of date validation code
else
 
TransError = " " .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
+
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
+
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message because we can't have both
 
TitleLink = ''; -- unset
 
end
 
 
if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
 
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
 
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
 
Format = "";
 
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
 
local ws_url;
 
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
 
if ws_url then
 
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
 
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});
 
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
 
else
 
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle .. TransError;
 
end
 
else
 
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
 
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('[\'"](.-)[\'"]', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
 
if ws_url then
 
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
 
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
 
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});
 
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
 
else
 
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
 
end
 
end
 
else
 
Title = TransTitle .. TransError;
 
end
 
  
if utilities.is_set (Place) then
+
local args = {};
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
+
local suggestions = {};
end
+
local error_text, error_state;
  
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
+
local config = {};
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
+
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
+
config[k] = v;
end
+
args[k] = v;  
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
+
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
 
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
 
end
 
  
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
+
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
+
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
local Time = A['Time'];
+
if v ~= '' then
 
+
if not validate( k ) then
if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
+
error_text = "";
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
+
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
+
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
end
+
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
+
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
else
 
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
 
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
 
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
 
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
 
if sepc ~= '.' then
 
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
 
 
end
 
end
end
+
elseif validate( k:lower() ) then  
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
+
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
end
+
else
end
+
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
else
+
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
Position = " " .. Position;
+
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
At = '';
 
end
 
 
 
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
 
 
 
At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
 
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
 
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
 
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
 
local Inset = A['Inset'];
 
 
if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
 
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
 
end
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
 
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
 
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
 
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
 
end
 
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
 
end
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (Language) then
 
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
 
else
 
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
 
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
 
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
 
]]
 
end
 
 
 
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
 
 
if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
 
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
 
end
 
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
 
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
 
end
 
 
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
 
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
 
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text', 'edition'); -- add maint cat
 
end
 
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
 
else
 
Edition = '';
 
end
 
 
 
Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
 
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
 
Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or "";
 
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
 
 
 
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
 
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
 
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
 
 
 
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
 
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
 
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
 
 
 
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
 
end
 
 
if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
 
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
 
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
 
end
 
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
 
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
 
end
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (URL) then
 
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
 
end
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (Quote) then
 
if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
 
Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
 
 
if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
 
Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
 
end
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
 
if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
 
TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
 
end
 
Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
 
end
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix
 
local quote_prefix = '';
 
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
 
if not NoPP then
 
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
 
else
 
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
 
end
 
elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then
 
if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page
 
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
 
elseif not NoPP then
 
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
 
else
 
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
 
end
 
end
 
                       
 
Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote;
 
else
 
Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote;
 
end
 
 
 
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
 
end
 
 
local Archived
 
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
 
local arch_text;
 
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
 
ArchiveDate = utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date');
 
end
 
if "live" == UrlStatus then
 
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
 
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
 
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
 
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
 
Archived = Archived .. " " .. utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');  
 
end
 
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
 
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
 
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
 
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 
Archived = sepc .. " " .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
 
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
 
else
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
 
end
 
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
 
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
 
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
 
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
 
end
 
else -- OriginalUrl not set
 
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
 
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
 
{ utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
 
end
 
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
 
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
 
else
 
Archived = ""
 
end
 
 
local Lay = '';
 
if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then
 
if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
 
if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then
 
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''";
 
else
 
LaySource = "";
 
end
 
if sepc == '.' then
 
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
 
else
 
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
 
end
 
elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
 
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
 
end
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
 
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
 
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
 
end
 
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
 
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
 
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
 
end
 
 
 
local Publisher;
 
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
 
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
 
end
 
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
 
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
 
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
 
else
 
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
 
end
 
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
 
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
 
else
 
Publisher = PublicationDate;
 
end
 
 
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
 
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
 
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then
 
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
 
else
 
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
--[[
 
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
 
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
 
]]
 
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
 
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
 
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
 
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
 
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
 
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
 
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
 
 
 
local tcommon;
 
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
 
 
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
 
if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
 
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
 
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
 
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 
else
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 
end
 
 
 
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
 
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
 
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
 
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
 
end
 
 
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
 
 
 
else -- all other CS1 templates
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
 
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 
end
 
 
if #ID_list > 0 then
 
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
 
else
 
ID_list = ID;
 
end
 
 
local idcommon;
 
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
 
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
 
else
 
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
 
end
 
 
local text;
 
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
 
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
 
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses
 
else -- neither of authors and editors set
 
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
 
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc
 
else
 
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
 
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
 
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
end
 
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
 
local in_text = " ";
 
local post_text = "";
 
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
 
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
 
if (sepc ~= '.') then
 
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
 
end
 
end
 
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")"; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
 
else
 
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")";
 
end
 
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
end
 
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
 
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
 
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
 
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
 
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
 
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
end
 
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
 
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
end
 
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
 
else
 
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
 
end
 
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
 
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
 
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
 
else
 
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
 
end
 
else
 
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
 
else
 
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
 
end
 
end
 
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 
else
 
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
 
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
 
else
 
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 
end
 
end
 
 
if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
 
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
 
text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1);
 
end
 
 
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 
 
 
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
 
local options = {};
 
 
if utilities.is_set (config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
 
options.class = string.format ('%s %s %s', 'citation', config.CitationClass, utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs1'); -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
 
else
 
options.class = string.format ('%s %s', 'citation', utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs2');
 
end
 
 
if utilities.is_set (Ref) and 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[Ref:lower()] then
 
local id = Ref
 
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
 
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
 
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 
 
 
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
 
namelist = c; -- select it
 
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
 
namelist = a;
 
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
 
namelist = e;
 
end
 
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
 
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
 
else
 
id = ''; -- unset
 
end
 
end
 
options.id = id;
 
end
 
 
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>", "")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other HTML-like markup; then get length of what remains
 
z.error_categories = {};
 
text = utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation');
 
z.message_tail = {};
 
end
 
 
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
 
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set
 
else
 
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases
 
end
 
 
 
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation
 
 
 
if 0 ~= #z.message_tail then
 
table.insert (render, ' ');
 
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
 
if utilities.is_set (v[1]) then
 
if i == #z.message_tail then
 
table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1], v[2] ));
 
else
 
table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
if 0 ~= #z.maintenance_cats then
 
local maint_msgs = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages
 
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
 
local maint = {}; -- here we assemble a maintenence message
 
table.insert (maint, v); -- maint msg is the category name
 
table.insert (maint, ' ('); -- open the link text
 
table.insert (maint, utilities.make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link')); -- add the link
 
table.insert (maint, ')'); -- and close it
 
table.insert (maint_msgs, table.concat (maint)); -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs table
 
end
 
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint message with proper presentation and save
 
end
 
 
if not no_tracking_cats then
 
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
 
table.insert (render, utilities.make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
 
end
 
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
 
table.insert (render, utilities.make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
 
end
 
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories
 
table.insert (render, utilities.make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
 
end
 
elseif 'nocat' == A:ORIGIN('NoTracking') then -- peculiar special case; can't track nocat without tracking nocat
 
table.insert (render, utilities.make_wikilink ('Category:CS1 maint: nocat')); -- hand-set this category because it is supposed to be temporary
 
end
 
 
 
return table.concat (render);
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
 
 
 
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
 
true - active, supported parameters
 
false - deprecated, supported parameters
 
nil - unsupported parameters
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
 
local name = tostring (name);
 
local enum_name; -- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#'
 
local state;
 
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 
if false == state then
 
if empty then return nil; end -- deprecated empty parameters are treated as unknowns
 
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 
return true;
 
end
 
return nil;
 
end
 
 
 
if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
 
return nil;
 
end
 
 
 
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
 
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
 
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
 
 
state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
 
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
 
 
-- limited enumerated parameters list
 
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
 
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name];
 
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
 
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
 
 
 
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
 
state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
 
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
end -- if here, fall into general validation
 
 
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
 
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
 
 
-- all enumerated parameters allowed
 
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
 
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name];
 
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
 
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------
 
 
 
check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
 
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
 
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
 
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text
 
 
 
return value as is else
 
 
 
]=]
 
 
 
local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
 
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
 
local _;
 
 
if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter)}); -- emit an error message
 
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink
 
end
 
return value;
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
 
 
 
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
 
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
 
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
 
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
 
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
 
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives XML/HTML
 
tags are removed before the search.
 
 
 
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
 
local capture;
 
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.
 
 
 
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
 
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter)});
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------
 
 
 
look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
 
if 'number' == type (param) then
 
return;
 
end
 
 
param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
 
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
 
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
 
end
 
 
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function citation(frame)
 
Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
 
local pframe = frame:getParent()
 
local styles;
 
 
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
 
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
 
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
 
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
 
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
 
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
 
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
 
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css';
 
 
else -- otherwise
 
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
 
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
 
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
 
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
 
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
 
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
 
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';
 
end
 
 
 
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
 
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
 
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 
 
 
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
 
 
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
 
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
 
local error_text, error_state;
 
 
 
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
 
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
 
config[k] = v;
 
-- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
 
end
 
 
 
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
 
local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
 
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
 
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
 
if v ~= '' then
 
if ('string' == type (k)) then
 
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
 
end
 
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
 
error_text = "";
 
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
 
-- exclude empty numbered parameters
 
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
 
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_text_ignored', {v}, true );
 
end
 
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then  
 
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
 
else
 
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
 
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
 
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
 
 
else
 
else
 
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
 
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
Line 4,027: Line 3,605:
 
end
 
end
 
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
 
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
+
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
 
if capture then -- if the pattern matches  
 
if capture then -- if the pattern matches  
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
+
param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
+
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true); -- set the suggestion error message
 
else
 
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {param}, true ); -- suggested param not supported by this template
 
v = ''; -- unset
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
+
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
 
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
 
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
+
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
 
else
 
else
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
+
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
-- if #suggestions == 0 then
 +
-- suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );
 +
-- end
 +
-- if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
 +
-- error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
 +
-- else
 +
-- error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
 +
-- end
 
end    
 
end    
 
if error_text ~= '' then
 
if error_text ~= '' then
Line 4,051: Line 3,631:
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
+
args[k] = v;
args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value
+
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
 
+
args[k] = v;
elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters
+
end
if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
 
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
 
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list
 
end
 
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
 
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
 
-- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
 
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
+
return citation0( config, args)
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
 
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
 
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
 
}, true )});
 
end
 
 
 
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
 
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
 
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters
 
end
 
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
 
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
 
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label
 
end
 
 
 
return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})});
 
 
end
 
end
  
--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D  F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
+
return z
]]
 
 
 
return {citation = citation};
 

Please note that all contributions to All About Ayrshire may be edited, altered, or removed by other contributors. If you do not want your writing to be edited mercilessly, then do not submit it here.
You are also promising us that you wrote this yourself, or copied it from a public domain or similar free resource (see All About Ayrshire:Copyrights for details). Do not submit copyrighted work without permission!

Cancel Editing help (opens in new window)